Acts 9 — Open Scroll

The ASV does not translate this word.

But

Saul

yet

breathing

threatening

and

slaughter

against

the

disciples

of the

Lord

went

unto the

high priest

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ΣαῦλοςSOW-lohs

ἔτιEH-tee

ἐμπνέωνem-PNEH-ohn

ἀπειλῆςah-pay-LAYS

καὶkai

φόνουFOH-noo

εἰςays

τοὺςtoos

μαθητὰςmah-thay-TAHS

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

προσελθὼνproh-sel-THOHN

τῷtoh

ἀρχιερεῖahr-chee-eh-RAY

The Pieces

ὉGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Σαῦλος

ἔτιGreek adverb

ἐμπνέωνGreek verb

ἀπειλῆςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

φόνουGreek noun, masculine

εἰςGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

μαθητὰςGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

προσελθὼνGreek verb

τῷGreek article

ἀρχιερεῖGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

SaulSaul, the apostle.Σαῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Hellenized form of Σαούλ, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul: Ac 7:58 8:1, 3 9:1, 8, 11, 22, 24 11:25, 30 12:25 13:1, 2, 7, 9.†Scroll for more

still(a) of time: still, yet, even now, (b) of degree: even, further, more, in addition.ἔτι adv., yet, as yet, still; of time; of the present (adhuc): Mk 5:35, I Co 3:3 15:17, Ga 1:10, al.; of the past, mostly c. impf.: Mt 12:46, Lk 8:49 15:20, Jo 20:1, Ac 9:1, Ro 5:6, 8, II Th 2:5, He 7:10 9:8, al.; of the future: Lk 1:15, II Co 1:10; with a neg.: Mt 5:13, Lk 16:2 20:36, He 10:2, Re 3:12 20:3, al. Of degree, even, yet, still, further: c. compar., Phl 1:9, He 7:15; of what remains, Mk 12:6, Jo 4:35 7:33, al.; of what is added, Mt 18:16 26:65, He 11:32 12:26, 27; of continuance apart from the idea of time, Ro 3:7 6:2 9:19, Ga 5:11; ἔτι δἐ, Ac 2:26 (LXX), He 11:36; ἔτι τε καί, Lk 14:26, Ac 21:28Scroll for more

to breath intoI breathe, breathe into, inhale.ἐν-πνέω, -ῶ (Rec. ἐμπ-, v.s. ἐν ) [in LXX: De 20:16, Jos 10:28 ff. Jos 11:11, 14 (ptcp. neut., for נֶפֶשׁ, נְשָׁמָה ), Wi 15:11 *;] to breathe on. to breathe; absol.; c. gen. part.: fig., ἀπειλῆς κ. φόνου, Ac 9:1.†Scroll for more

threatA threatening, threat.ἀπειλή, -ῆ, ἡ, [in LXX for גְּעָרָה, etc.;] threatening, threat: Ac 4:29 9:1, Eph 6:9.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

murderMurder, slaughter, killing.φόνος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX for דָּם, פֶּה, etc.;] murder, slaughter: Mk 15:7, Lk 23:19, 25, Ac 9:1, Ro 1:29; φ. μαχαίρης (cf. Ex 17:13, al.), He 11:37; pl., Mt 15:19, Mk 7:21, Re 9:21.†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

to come near/agreeI come up to, come to, come near (to), approach, consent (to).προσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX for קרב, נגשׁ, etc.;] to approach, draw near: absol., Mt 4:11, Lk 9:42, al.; c. infin., Mt 24:1, al.; c. dat. loc., He 12:18, 22; dat. pers., Mt 5:1, and freq., Jo 12:21, al.; ptcp., προσελθών, c. indic., Mt 8:2, and freq., Mk 1:31, Lk 7:14, al.; π. αὐτῷ, c. indic., Mt 4:3, Mk 6:35. Metaph., of approaching God: absol. ( Le 21:17, De 21:5, al.), He 10:1, 22; τ. θεῷ, He 7:25 11:6; τ. θρόνῳ τ. χάριτος, He 4:16; πρὸς Χριστόν, I Pe 2:4; in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes, 211), to consent to: ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, I Ti 6:3.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

high-priestHigh priest, chief priest.ἀρχ-ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX for כֹּהֵן, הַגָּדוֹל כּ״, הָרֹאשׁ כּ״;] high-priest: Mk 2:26 14:47, al.; of Christ: He 2:17 3:1, al. In pl., chief priests, including ex-high-priests and members of high-priestly families: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:31, al. (Cremer, 294; DCG, i, 297 f.; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

and asked

of

him

letters

to

Damascus

unto

the

synagogues

that

if

any

he found

of the

Way

that were

men

whether

or

women

bound

he might bring them

to

Jerusalem

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

ᾐτήσατοay-TAY-sah-toh

παρpahr

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἐπιστολὰςeh-pee-stoh-LAHS

εἰςays

Δαμασκὸνdah-mah-SKOHN

πρὸςprohs

τὰςtahs

συναγωγάςsoo-nah-goh-GAHS

ὅπωςHOH-pohs

ἐάνeh-AHN

τιναςtee-nahs

εὕρῃHYOO-ray

τῆςtays

ὁδοῦhoh-DOO

ὄνταςOHN-tahs

ἄνδραςAHN-drahs

τεteh

καὶkai

γυναῖκαςgoo-NAI-kahs

δεδεμένουςdeh-deh-MEH-noos

ἀγάγῃah-GAH-gay

εἰςays

Ἰερουσαλήμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

The Pieces

ᾐτήσατοGreek verb

παρGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἐπιστολὰςGreek noun, feminine

εἰςGreek preposition

Δαμασκὸνname of a place

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὰςGreek article

συναγωγάςGreek noun, feminine

ὅπωςGreek conjunction

ἐάνGreek conditional

τιναςGreek indefinite pronoun

εὕρῃGreek verb

τῆςGreek article

ὁδοῦGreek noun, feminine

ὄνταςGreek verb

ἄνδραςGreek noun, masculine

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

γυναῖκαςGreek noun, feminine

δεδεμένουςGreek verb

ἀγάγῃGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλήμname of a place

What It Can Mean

to askI ask, request, petition, demand.αἰτέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for שׁאל;] to ask, request: absol., Mt 7:7, Ja 1:6; c. acc. pers., Mt 5:42, Lk 6:30; c. acc. rei, seq. ἀπό, Mt 20:20, I Jo 5:15; id. seq. παρά, Ac 3:2, Ja 1:5; c. dupl. acc. Mt 7:9, Mk 6:22, Jo 16:23. Mid. (on the distinction bet. mid. and act., v. M, Pr., 160): absol., Mk 15:8, Jo 16:26, Ja 4:3; c. acc. rei, Mt 14:7, Mk 6:24, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 27:20, Lk 23:25; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Ac 9:2; c. acc. et inf., Lk 23:23. c. inf. Ac 7:46, Eph 3:13 (cf. ἀπ-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, παρ-, προσ-αιτέω ). SYN.: ἐρωτάω, q.v., πυνθάνομαι. On the proper distinction between these words, v. Tr., Syn., § xl, Thayer, s.v. αἰ. In late Gk., however, αἰ. and ἐ. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Ac 3:2, 3; v. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Th., I, 4:1; M, Pr., 66 n; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

epistleA letter, dispatch, epistle, message.ἐπι-στολή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ἐπιατέλλω ), [in LXX for אִגֶּרֶת, etc.; freq. in Mac;] a message. a letter, an epistle: Ac 9:2, I Co 5:9, al.; pl., Ac 22:5, I Co 16:3, al.; ἐ. σνστατικαί, II Co 3:1 (cf. Milligan, NTD, 254 f.). (On the NT ἐπιστολαί, cf. Milligan, Th., 121 ff.; NTD, 85 ff.; Deiss., BS, 3 ff.; St. Paul, 8 ff.)Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

DamascusDamascus.Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק ), Damascus: Ac 9:2 ff. 22:5 ff. 26:12, 20, II Co 11:32, Ga 1:17.†Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

synagogueAn assembly, congregation, synagogue, either the place or the people gathered together in the place.συν-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for עֵדָה, also for קהל, etc.;] prop., a bringing together; of things, a gathering in of harvest; a collection of money. Of persons, a collecting, assembling (Polyb.); an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.): Re 2:9 3:9; esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogue: Lk 12:11, Ac 9:2, al.; of a Christian assembly, Ja 2:2. By meton., of the building in which the assembly is held, a synagogue: Mt 10:17, Mk 1:21, al. (cf. Cremer, s.v. ἐκκλησία ) SYN.: ἐκκλησία (q.v.)Scroll for more

thatHow, in order that, so that, that.ὅπως. Relat. adv. of manner, as, how: c. indic., Lk 24:20. Conj., c. subjc. (in cl. also c. opt., indic.: so in Mt 26:59, LT, Tr.), in order that, to the end that, that; final, denoting purpose or design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged): after pres., Mt 6:2, al.; pf., Ac 9:17, al.; impf., Ac 9:24; aor., Ac 9:2, al.; plpf., Jo 11:57; fut., Mt 23:35; imperat., Mt 2:8, al.; ὅ. μή (M, Pr., 185), Mt 6:18, Lk 16:26, Ac 20:16, I Co 1:29; ὅ. πληρωθῇ, Mt 2:23 8:17 13:35; ὅ. ἄν (Bl., § 65, 2; WM, § 42, 5), Lk 2:35, Ac 3:19 15:17, Ro 3:4 (cf. Ge 12:13, Ps 59:7, I Mac 10:32, al.). After verbs of asking, exhorting, etc.: Mt 9:38, Lk 7:3, Ja 5:16, al. (in late writers its place is often taken by the correl. πῶς, q.v.).Scroll for more

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

to find/meetI find, learn, discover, especially after searching.εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc.;] to find, with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ζητέω, Mt 7:7, 8 Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc., Mt 2:8, Mk 1:37, Ac 13:22, II Ti 1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, He 11:5, Re 16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in l.), II Pe 3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Lk 19:48, Ac 4:21; αἰτίαν, Jo 18:38, Ac 13:28, al.; pass., Mt 1:18, Lk 17:18, Ro 7:10, I Co 4:2, Ga 2:17, I Pe 1:7, Re 5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Ac 17:27; pass., Ro 10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, λύτρωσιν, He 9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10:39 11:29, Lk 1:30, Ac 7:46, II Ti 1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

roadA way, road, journey, path.ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for דֶּרֶךְ;] a way, path, road: Mt 2:12, Mk 10:46, Lk 3:5, al.; κατὰ τὴν ὁ., Lk 10:4, al.; παρὰ τὴν ὁ., Mt 13:4, al.; c. gen. pers, (subj.), τὴν ὁ. ἑτοιμάζειν (fig.), Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, al.; c. gen. term. (obj.), ἐθνῶν, Mt 10:5; τ. ἁγίων (fig.), He 9:8; acc., ὁδόν, with force of prep. (like Heb. דֶּרֶךְ; Bl., § 34, 8; 35, 5), ὁ. θαλάσσης, Mt 4:15 (LXX). A traveller's way, journey: ἐν τ. ὁ., Mt 5:25, Mk 8:27, al.; ἐξ ὁ., Lk 11:6; εἰς ὁ., Mt 10:10; τ. ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι, Ac 8:39; ὁ. ἡμέρας, Lk 2:44; ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (= cl., ὁ. ποιεῖσθαι; v. Field, Notes, 25), to make one's way, i.e. proceed on one's journey, Mk 2:23. Metaph. (cl.; but esp. freq. in Heb.; v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting: Ac 14:16, I Co 4:17 12:31, Ja 1:8 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Ju 11; τ. Βαλαάμ, II Pe 2:15; εἰρήνης, Ro 3:17; ζωῆς, Ac 2:28; ἡ ὁ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τ. ζωήν (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 7:14; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Mt 21:32; σωτηρίας, Ac 16:17; αἱ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Ac 13:10, Ro 11:33, Re 15:3 (cf. Ho 14:9 Ps 94 (95):10, Si 39:24, al.); ἡ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (the way approved by God), Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Lk 20:21; id., of the Christian religion, Ac 18:26; so, absol., ἡ ὁ., Ac 9:2 19:9, 23 24:22; of Christ as the means of approach to God, Jo 14:6. Ellipsis of ὁ.: ποίας (sc. ὁδοῦ ), Lk 5:19; ἐκείνης, Luke 19:4 (v. Bl., § 36, 13; 44, 1).Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

womanA woman, wife, my lady.γυνή, -αικός, ἡ, [in LXX for אִשָּׁה;] a woman, married or unmarried: Mt 11:11 14:21, al.; ὕπανδρος γ., Ro 7:2; γ. χήρα, Lk 4:26; in vocat., γύναι implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used freq. as a term of respect and endearment, Mt 15:28, Jo 2:4, 4:21 19:26. a wife: Mt 1:20, I Co 7:3, 4 al.; γ. ἀπολύειν, Mk 10:2, al.; γ. ἔχειν Mk 6:18; γ. λαβεῖν, Mk 12:19; γ. γαμεῖν, Lk 14:20. a deaconess, I Ti 3:11 ( CGT, in l.).Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

to bringI lead, lead away, bring (a person, or animal), guide, spend a day, go.ἄγω, [in LXX for בּוא hi., לקח, נהג, etc.;] to lead, bring, carry: c. acc., seq. ἐπί, εἰς, ἕως, πρός and simple dat.; metaph., to lead, guide, impel: Jo 10:16 Ro 2:4, He 2:10, II Ti 3:6, al. to spend or keep a day: Lk 24:21, Ac 19:38 Intrans., to go: subjunc., ἄγωμεν, Mt 2:46, al. (Cramer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

as

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

he journeyed

it came to pass

he

that … drew nigh

The ASV does not translate this word.

unto Damascus

suddenly

and

him

there shone round about

a light

out of

The ASV does not translate this word.

heaven

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῷtoh

πορεύεσθαιpoh-RYOO-eh-sthai

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐγγίζεινen-GEE-zayn

τῇtay

Δαμασκῷdah-mah-SKOH

ἐξαίφνηςeh-KSAIF-nays

τεteh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

περιήστραψενpeh-ree-AY-strah-psen

φῶςfohs

ἐκek

τοῦtoo

οὐρανοῦoo-rah-NOO

The Pieces

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῷGreek article

πορεύεσθαιGreek verb

ἐγένετοGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐγγίζεινGreek verb

τῇGreek article

Δαμασκῷname of a place

ἐξαίφνηςGreek adverb

τεGreek conjunction

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

περιήστραψενGreek verb

φῶςGreek noun, neuter

ἐκGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

οὐρανοῦGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to come nearTrans: I bring near; intrans: I come near, approach.ἐγγίζω (< ἐγγύς ). [in LXX for נגשׁ, קרב, etc.;] trans., to bring near: Ge 48:10, Is 5:8. Intrans., to come near: absol., Mt 26:46, Mk 14:42, Lk 18:40 19:41 21:20, 28 24:15, Ac 21:33 23:15; c. adv., ὅπου, Lk 12:33; c. dat., Lk 7:12 15:1, 25 22:47, Ac 9:3 10:9 22:6; τ. θεῷ, He 7:19, Ja 4:8; seq. εἰς, Mt 21:1, Mk 11:1, Lk 18:35 19:29 24:28; πρός, c. dat., Lk 19:37; μέχρι θανάτου, Phl 2:30; of time, ὥρα, Mt 26:45; ἡμέρα, Ro 13:12, He 10:25; καιρός, Mt 21:34, Lk 21:8; χρόνος, Ac 7:17; ἑορτή, Lk 22:1; παρουσία, Ja 5:8; τέλος, I Pe 4:7; ἐρήμωσις, Lk 21:20; ἀπολύτρωσις, Lk 21:28; ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 3:2 4:17 10:7, Mk 1:15, Lk 10:9 ( ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ) 10:11 (cf. προσ-εγγίζω ), and v. Cremer, 224).†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

DamascusDamascus.Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק ), Damascus: Ac 9:2 ff. 22:5 ff. 26:12, 20, II Co 11:32, Ga 1:17.†Scroll for more

suddenlySuddenly, unexpectedly.ἐξ-αίφνης (WH, ἐξέφνης, exc. Ac 22:6; v. App., p. 151, and cf. M, Pr., 35), adv. (< ἄφνω ), [in LXX chiefly for פִתְאׄם;] suddenly Mk 13:36, Lk 2:13 9:39, Ac 9:3 22:6.†Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to shineI flash (gleam) around like lightning.**† περι-αστράπτω, [in LXX: IV Mac 4:10 *;] to flash around: c. acc., Ac 9:3; seq. περί Ac 22:6 (Eccl. and Byzant.).†Scroll for more

lightLight, a source of light, radiance.φῶς (Att.. contr. from φάος; < φάω ), gen., φωτός, τό, [in LXX chiefly for אוֹר;] light (opp. to τὸ σκότος, ἡ σκοτία ): Mt 17:2, 5, Jo 11:9, 10, II Co 4:6; ἡλίου, Re 22:5; of a lamp, Lk 8:16 11:33, Jo 5:35, Re 18:23; of a supernatural heavenly light, Ac 9:3 12:7 22:6, 9, 11 26:13; hence, ἄγγελος φωτός, II Co 11:14; ὁ κλήρος τ. ἁγίων ἐν τ. φ., Col 1:12; of the divine glory, Re 21:24; by meton., of that which gives light: of fire, Mk 14:54, Lk 22:56 (cl.; I Mac 12:29; cf. DCG, i, 595); pl., of a lamp or torch, Ac 16:29; of heavenly bodies, Ja 1:17. Metaph., of God: I Jn 1:5, 7; φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, I Ti 6:16; of spiritual truth and its effects on the lives of men: Mt 4:16 5:16, Jo 1:4, 5 3:19-21, Ac 26:18, 23, II Co 6:14, Eph 5:13, I Pe 2:9, I Jn 2:8; τ. φ. τ. ζωῆς, Jo 8:12; τ. ὅπλα τοῦ φ., Ro 13:12; καρπὸς τοῦ φ., Eph 5:9; έν τ. φ. περιπατεῖν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Jn 1:7 2:9, 10; υἱοὶ ( τέκνα ) τοῦ φ., Lk 16:8, Jo 12:36, Eph 5:8, I Th 5:5; by meton., of one from whom truth shines forth: Ac 13:47 (LXX), Ro 2:19; esp. of Christ, Lk 2:32, Jo 1:7, 8 12:35, 36, 46; τ. φ. τ. κόσμου, Jo 8:12 9:5; τ. φ. τ. ἀληθινόν, Jo 1:9; of Christians, Mt 5:14, Eph 5:8; of the spiritual understanding: τ. φ. τὸ ἐν σοί, Mt 6:23, Lk 11:35; adverbially, of that which is open to view (opp. to ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ ): ἐν τ. φ., Mt 10:27, Lk 12:3.† SYN.: v.s. φέγγοςScroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

heavenHeaven, (a) the visible heavens: the atmosphere, the sky, the starry heavens, (b) the spiritual heavens.οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl., οἱ οὐ., v. infr.);] heaven; of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opp. to ἡ γῆ, He 1:10, II Pe 3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mt 5:18, Mk 13:31, Lk 10:21, Ac 4:24, Re 10:6, al.; ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep., v. Bl., § 46, 5), Mt 24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ., Ac 2:5, Col 1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ., fig., Mt 11:23, Lk 10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ., Mt 16:1, Mk 8:11, al.; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mt 24:30, al.; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ., Mt 6:26, Mk 4:32, al.; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ., Re 6:13, al.; pl. ( οἱ ) οὐ. (Bl., § 32, 5), Mt 3:16, Mk 1:10, Jo 1:32, II Pe 3:7, 13 al. Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mt 24:36, Mk 12:25, Ga 1:8, Re 10:1, al.; of Christ glorified, Mk 16:[19], Lk 24:51, Ac 3:21, Ro 10:6, al.; of God, Mt 5:34, Ro 1:18, al.; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184 ff.), Mt 5:16 6:1, al.; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ., Mt 6:20, Mk 10:21, al. By meton., of the inhabitants of heaven: Re 18:20 (cf. Re 12:12, Jb 15:15, Is 44:23 ); as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204 ff.): Mt 21:25, Mk 11:30, Lk 15:18, Jo 3:27, al.; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ; v.s. βασιλεία ).Scroll for more

and

he fell

upon

the

earth

and heard

a voice

saying

unto him

Saul

why

me

persecutest thou

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

καὶkai

πεσὼνpeh-SOHN

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὴνtayn

γῆνgayn

ἤκουσενAY-koo-sen

φωνὴνfoh-NAYN

λέγουσανLEH-goo-sahn

αὐτῷow-TOH

Σαοὺλsah-OOL

Σαούλsah-OOL

τίtee

μεmeh

διώκειςdee-OH-kays

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

πεσὼνGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

γῆν

ἤκουσενGreek verb

φωνὴν

λέγουσανGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

Σαοὺλ

Σαούλ

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

μεGreek pronoun

διώκειςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to collapseI fall, fall under (as under condemnation), fall prostrate.πίπτω, [in LXX chiefly for נפל;] to fall; of descent, to fall, fall down or from: seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 10:29, al.; εἰς, Mt 15:14, al.; ἐς μέσῳ, c. gen., Lk 8:7; παρὰ τ. ὁδόν, Mt 13:4, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5; seq. ἀπό, Mt 15:27, al.; ἐκ, Mk 13:25, Lk 10:18, Re 8:10 9:1. Metaph.: ὁ ἥλιος, seq. ἐπί, Re 7:16; ἀχλὺς κ. σκότος, Ac 13:11; ὁ κλῆρος, Ac 1:26; ὑπὸ κρίσιν, Ja 5:12. Of prostration, of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself: χαμαί, Jo 18:6; seq. ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 17:6, Ac 9:4; id. c. gen., Mk 9:20; πρὸς τ. πόδας, Ac 5:10, Re 1:17; πεσὼν ἐξέψυξε, Ac 5:5; of supplication, homage or worship: πρὸς ( παρὰ, ἐπὶ ) τ. πὸδας, Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, Ac 10:25, al.; π. καὶ προσκυνεῖν, Re 5:14 19:4; ptcp. c. προσκυνεῖν, Mt 2:11, al.; ἐνώπιον, Re 4:10 5:8; ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, Mt 26:39, al.; of things, to fall, fall down: Mt 21:44, Lk 23:30; of falling to ruin and destruction, Mt 7:25, Ac 15:16, He 11:30; ἔπεσε (timeless aorist; M, Pr.,134), Re 18:2. Metaph.: Ro 11:11; πόθεν πέπτωκας, Re 2:5; opp. to ἑστάναι, I Co 10:12; to στήκειν, Ro 14:4; of virtues, I Co 13:8; of precepts, Lk 16:17. (Cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προσ-, συν-πίπτω.)Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

earthThe earth, soil, land, region, country, inhabitants of a region.γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, אֲדָמָה, etc.;] the earth, world: Lk 21:35, Ac 1:8, He 11:13, Re 3:10, al.; opp. to οὐρανός, Mt 5:18 11:25, Mk 13:27, al. land; opp. to sea or water: Mk 4:1, Lk 5:3, Jo 6:21, al.; as subject to cultivation: Mt 13:5, Mk 4:8, Lk 13:7, He 6:7, al.; the ground: Mt 10:29, Mk 8:6, Lk 24:5, Jo 8:6, al.; a region, country: Lk 4:25, Ro 9:28, Ja 5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mt 2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Ac 7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jo 3:22; c. gen. pers., Ac 7:3.Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

SaulSaul, (a) the first king of Israel, (b) the Hebrew name of the Apostle to the Gentiles.Σαούλ, ὁ indecl. (in FlJ, Σάουλος; Heb. שָׁאוּל ) Saul; the King of Israel: Ac 13:21; the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul, used in the indecl. form only in address (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 9:4, 17 22:7, 13 26:14.†Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to pursueI pursue, hence: I persecute.διώκω [in LXX chiefly for רדף;] to put to flight, drive away: Mt 23:34. to pursue; of persons; c. acc, without hostility, to follow after: Lk 17:23; with hostile purpose: Ac 26:11, Re 12:13. Hence, to persecute: Mt 5:10-12, 44 10:23, Lk 11:49 21:12, Jo 5:16 15:20, Ac 7:52 9:4, 5 22:4, 7, 8 26:14, 15, Ro 12:14, I Co 4:12 15:9, II Co 4:9, Ga 1:13, 23 4:29 5:11 6:12, Phl 3:6, II Ti 3:12; metaph., c. acc rei, of seeking eagerly after: Ro 9:30, I Ti 6:11, II Ti 2:22; νόμον δικαιοσύνης, Ro 9:31; τ. φιλοξενίαν, Ro 12:13; εἰρήνην, He 12:14, I Pe 3:11; τὰ τῆς εἰ., Ro 14:19; τ. ἀγάπην, I Co 14:1; τὸ ἀγαθόν, I Th 5:15; absol., to follow on, drive, or speed on (Æsch.), Phl 3:12, 14.†Scroll for more

he said

And

Who

art thou

Lord

he

And

I

am

Jesus

whom

thou

persecutest

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

εἶπενAY-pen

δέdeh

Τίςtees

εἶay

κύριεKOO-ree-eh

ὁhoh

δέdeh

Ἐγώeh-GOH

εἰμιay-mee

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

ὃνhohn

σὺsoo

διώκειςdee-OH-kays

The Pieces

εἶπενGreek verb

δέGreek conjunction

ΤίςGreek interrogative pronoun

εἶGreek verb

κύριεGreek noun, masculine

ὁGreek article

δέGreek conjunction

ἘγώGreek pronoun

εἰμιGreek verb

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

σὺGreek pronoun

διώκειςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

you areεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

youYou.σύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

to pursueI pursue, hence: I persecute.διώκω [in LXX chiefly for רדף;] to put to flight, drive away: Mt 23:34. to pursue; of persons; c. acc, without hostility, to follow after: Lk 17:23; with hostile purpose: Ac 26:11, Re 12:13. Hence, to persecute: Mt 5:10-12, 44 10:23, Lk 11:49 21:12, Jo 5:16 15:20, Ac 7:52 9:4, 5 22:4, 7, 8 26:14, 15, Ro 12:14, I Co 4:12 15:9, II Co 4:9, Ga 1:13, 23 4:29 5:11 6:12, Phl 3:6, II Ti 3:12; metaph., c. acc rei, of seeking eagerly after: Ro 9:30, I Ti 6:11, II Ti 2:22; νόμον δικαιοσύνης, Ro 9:31; τ. φιλοξενίαν, Ro 12:13; εἰρήνην, He 12:14, I Pe 3:11; τὰ τῆς εἰ., Ro 14:19; τ. ἀγάπην, I Co 14:1; τὸ ἀγαθόν, I Th 5:15; absol., to follow on, drive, or speed on (Æsch.), Phl 3:12, 14.†Scroll for more

but

rise

and

enter

into

the

city

and

it shall be told

thee

what

thou

must

do

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ἀνάστηθιah-NAH-stay-thee

καὶkai

εἴσελθεAY-sel-theh

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

πόλινPOH-leen

καὶkai

λαληθήσεταίlah-lay-THAY-seh-tai

σοιsoy

ὅhoh

τίtee

σεseh

δεῖday

ποιεῖνpoy-AYN

The Pieces

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ἀνάστηθιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

εἴσελθεGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

πόλινGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

λαληθήσεταίGreek verb

σοιGreek pronoun

ὅGreek relative pronoun

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

σεGreek pronoun

δεῖGreek verb

ποιεῖνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to ariseI raise up, set up; I rise from among (the) dead; I arise, appear.ἀν-ίστημι ( ἀνά, ἵστημι ), [in LXX chiefly for קוּם;] causal, in fut. and 1 aor. act., c. acc., to raise up: Ac 9:41; from death, Jo 6:39, Ac 2:32; to raise up, cause to be born or appear: Mt 22:24, Ac 3:22, 26. Intrans., in mid. and 2 aor act.; to rise: from lying, Mk 1:35; from sitting, Lk 4:16; to leave a place, Mt 9:9; pleonastically, as Heb. קוּם, before verbs of going, Mk 10:1, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23; M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 17:23, Mk 8:31; seq. ἐκ νεκρῶν, Mt 17:9, Mk 9:9; to arise, appear: Ac 5:36, Ro 15:12 (cf. ἐπ-, ἐξ- ἀνίστημι, and v. Cremer, 306, 738; MM, VGT, s.v.). SYN.: ἐγείρω.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

cityA city, the inhabitants of a city.πόλις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for עִיר;] a city: Mt 2:23, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:29, Jo 4:8, al. mult.; opp. to κῶμαι ( κ. καὶ ἀγροί ), Mt 9:35 10:11, Mk 6:56, Lk 8:1 13:22; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 11:5 16:14; c. id. in gen. appos. (Bl., § 35, 5), Ac 8:5, II Pe 2:6; gen., of the region, Lk 1:26 4:31, Jo 4:5; of the inhabitants, Mt 10:5, 23, Lk 23:51, Ac 19:35, II Co 11:32; c. gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22:7, Lk 2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jo 1:45, Ac 16:20, Re 16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mt 4:5 27:53, Re 11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Re 20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, Mt 5:35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2 ); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 3:12 21:2, 10, 14 ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8:34 12:25 21:10, Mk 1:33, Ac 14:21 21:30.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

the

And

men

The ASV does not translate this word.

that journeyed

with him

stood

speechless

hearing

The ASV does not translate this word.

the

voice

no man

but

beholding

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

ἄνδρεςAHN-dres

οἱhoy

συνοδεύοντεςsoo-noh-DYOO-ohn-tes

αὐτῷow-TOH

εἱστήκεισανhay-STAY-kay-sahn

ἐνεοίeh-neh-OY

ἀκούοντεςah-KOO-ohn-tes

μὲνmen

τῆςtays

φωνῆςfoh-NAYS

μηδέναmay-DEH-nah

δὲdeh

θεωροῦντεςtheh-oh-ROON-tes

The Pieces

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἄνδρεςGreek noun, masculine

οἱGreek article

συνοδεύοντεςGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

εἱστήκεισανGreek verb

ἐνεοίGreek adjective

ἀκούοντεςGreek verb

μὲνGreek particle

τῆςGreek article

φωνῆς

μηδέναGreek adjective

δὲGreek conjunction

θεωροῦντεςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to travel withI journey with, accompany.† συν-οδεύω [in LXX: Za 8:21 א 1 ( הלך ), To 5:16 א, Wi 6:23 *;] to journey with: c. dat. pers., Ac 9:7 (Plut., al.).†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

speechlessDumb, speechless (as with amazement).ἐνεός (Rec. ἐνν- ), -οῦ, ὁ [in LXX: Is 56:10 ( אִלֵּם ), Ep. Je 41; ἐ. ποιεῖν, Pr 17:28 *;] dumb, speechless: Ac 9:7.†Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

nothingNo one, none, nothing.μηδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (and -θέν, Ac 27:33, a Hellenistic form; v. Bl., § 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to οὐδείς as μή to οὐ, no, none, no one; neut., nothing: Mt 16:20, Mk 5:43 6:8, Lk 3:14, Ac 8:24, Ro 13:8, al.; c. gen., Ac 4:17 24:23; neut. acc., μηδέν, adverbially, in no respect, Ac 10:20 11:12; as acc. obj. after verb, βλάπτειν, Lk 4:35; ὠφελεῖσθαι, Mk 5:26; ὑστερεῖν, II Co 11:5; μεριμνᾶν, Phl 4:6; in double negation, strengthening the denial, μηκέτι μ., Mk 11:14, Ac 4:17; μὴ... μηδέν ( μηδένα, μηδεμίαν ), II Co 13:7, II Th 2:3, I Pe 3:6.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to see/experienceI look at, gaze, behold; I see, experience, discern; I partake of.θεωρέω, -ῶ (< θεωρός, a spectator, < θεάομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for ראה, חזה;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 7:3 (fut.), Mt 28:1, Lk 23:48, Jo 8:51, Re 11:12 (aor.); Bl., §24); (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol., Mt 27:55, Mk 15:40, Lk 23:35; seq. πῶς, Mk 12:41; ποῦ, Mk 15:47; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:40, 62 12:45 16:10-19, Ac 3:16 20:38 25:24, Re 11:11, 12; id. c. ptcp., Mk 5:15, Lk 10:18, Jo 6:19 10:12 20:12, 14, I Jn 3:17; c. acc. rei, Mt 28:1, Lk 14:29 21:6 23:48, Jo 2:23 6:2 7:3, Ac 4:13 8:13; id. c. ptcp., Jo 20:6, Ac 7:56 10:11; seq. ὅτι, Ac 19:26. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., §24, s.v. ὁρᾶν ), in pres. and impf. = ὁράω, to see, perceive, discern: seq. ὅτι, Mk 16:4, Jo 4:19 12:19, Ac 19:26 27:10; πόσαι, Ac 21:20; πηλίκος, He 7:4; c. acc. rei, Mk 5:38; id. c. ptcp., Ac 17:16 28:6; c. acc. pers., Mk 3:11, Jo 14:19, Ac 9:7 17:22; πνεῦμα, Lk 24:37; τὸ π., Jo 14:17; seq. ὅτι, Jo 9:8; c. ptcp., Lk 24:39. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of: τ. θάνατον, Jo 8:51 (cf. Ps 88(89):49 ); τ. δόξαν, Jo 17:24 (cf. ἀνα-, παρα-θερρέω ).†Scroll for more

arose

And

Saul

from

the

earth

when … were opened

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

eyes

his

nothing

he saw

they led … by the hand

and

him

and brought him

into

Damascus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

ἠγέρθηay-GEHR-thay

δὲdeh

ΣαῦλοςSOW-lohs

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

γῆςgays

ἀνεῳγμένωνah-neh-ohg-MEH-nohn

δὲdeh

τῶνtohn

ὀφθαλμῶνoh-fthahl-MOHN

αὐτοῦow-TOO

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

ἔβλεπενEH-bleh-pen

χειραγωγοῦντεςchay-rah-goh-GOON-tes

δὲdeh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἰσήγαγονay-SAY-gah-gohn

εἰςays

Δαμασκόνdah-mah-SKOHN

The Pieces

ἠγέρθηGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

Σαῦλος

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

γῆς

ἀνεῳγμένωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τῶνGreek article

ὀφθαλμῶνGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

ἔβλεπενGreek verb

χειραγωγοῦντεςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἰσήγαγονGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Δαμασκόνname of a place

What It Can Mean

to arise(a) I wake, arouse, (b) I raise up.ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc.;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mt 9:5, Mk 2:11, al.); to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mk 4:38, Ac 12:7; metaph., of spiritual awakening, Ro 13:11 (pass.), Eph 5:14; pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mt 25:7, Mk 4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mt 1:24. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jo 5:21, Ac 26:8, II Co 1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, Ro 8:11, al.; pass., rise from death: Mt 11:5, Lk 7:22, Jo 2:22, Ro 6:9, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mt 14:2, al. In late Gk., to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: Mt 9:5, 7, Mk 1:31 9:27 10:49, al.; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mt 2:15 9:19, Re 11:1 (v. Dalman, 23f.); to raise up, cause to appear: Ac 13:22 (cf. Jg 2:18 ); τέκνα, Mt 3:9; pass., to appear: Mt 11:11, Mk 13:22, al. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8. Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jo 2:19, 20 (cf. De 16:22, Si 49:13 ); (cf. δι-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

SaulSaul, the apostle.Σαῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Hellenized form of Σαούλ, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul: Ac 7:58 8:1, 3 9:1, 8, 11, 22, 24 11:25, 30 12:25 13:1, 2, 7, 9.†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

earthThe earth, soil, land, region, country, inhabitants of a region.γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, אֲדָמָה, etc.;] the earth, world: Lk 21:35, Ac 1:8, He 11:13, Re 3:10, al.; opp. to οὐρανός, Mt 5:18 11:25, Mk 13:27, al. land; opp. to sea or water: Mk 4:1, Lk 5:3, Jo 6:21, al.; as subject to cultivation: Mt 13:5, Mk 4:8, Lk 13:7, He 6:7, al.; the ground: Mt 10:29, Mk 8:6, Lk 24:5, Jo 8:6, al.; a region, country: Lk 4:25, Ro 9:28, Ja 5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mt 2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Ac 7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jo 3:22; c. gen. pers., Ac 7:3.Scroll for more

to openI open.ἀν-οίγω ( ἀνά, οἴγω = οἴγνυμι ), [in LXX chiefly for פָּתַח;] to open; trans., c. acc.; a door or gate, Ac 5:19 12:14, Re 4:1; pass., Ac 12:10 16:26, 27; metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 14:27, Col 4:3, Re 3:20; pass., I Co 16:9, II Co 2:12, Re 3:8; absol. (sc. θύραν ), Ac 5:23 12:16; c. dat. pers., Lk 12:36, Jo 10:3; metaph., Mt 7:7, 8 25:11, Lk 11:9, 10 13:25, Re 3:7; θησαυρούς ( Si 43:14 ), Mt 2:11; τ. μνημεῖα, Mt 27:52; τάφος, Ro 3:13; τ. φρέαρ, Re 9:2; of heaven, Mt 3:16, Lk 3:21, Ac 10:11, Re 11:19 15:5 19:11; σφραγῖδα, Re 5:9 6:1 ff. 8:1; βιβλίον, βιβλαρίδιον, Lk 4:17, Re 5:2-5 10:2, 8 20:12; τ. στόμα, Mt 17:27; id. Hebraistically ( Nu 22:28, Jb 3:1, Is 50:5, al.), of beginning to speak, Mt 5:2, Ac 8:32, 35 10:34 18:14; seq. εἰς βλαιφημίας, Re 13:6; ἐν παραβολαῖς ( Ps 77 (78):2 ), Mt 13:35; of recovering speech, Lk 1:64; of the earth opening, Re 12:16; τ. ὀφθαλμούς, Ac 9:8, 40; id. c. gen. pers., of restoring sight, Mt 9:30 20:33, Jo 9:10 ff. 10:21 11:37; metaph., Ac 26:18; ἀκοάς, c. gen. pers., of restoring hearing, Mk 7:35. Intrans. in 2 pf., ἀνέῳγα (M, Pr., 154); heaven, Jo 1:51; τ. στόμα, seq. πρός, of speaking freely, II Co 6:11 (cf. δι-ανοίγω and v. MM, VGT, 45).†Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

eyeThe eye; fig: the mind's eye.ὀφθαλμός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for עַיִן;] the eye (as in cl., chiefly pl.): Mt 5:38, Mk 9:47, Lk 6:41, Jo 9:6, al.; τοὺς ὀ. ἐξορύθσσειν (fig.), Ga 4:15; ἐπᾶραι, Lk 6:20, Jo 6:5; ἀνοῖξα, Ac 9:40; id., of restoring sight, Mt 20:33, Jo 9:10, al.; ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, I Co 15:52; by anthropom., of God, He 4:13, I Pe 3:12; pleonastically (cf. Thackeray, Gr., 42 f.), εἶδον οἱ ὀ. μου, Lk 2:30 (similarly, Lk 4:20 10:23, Jo 12:40, I Co 2:9, I Jo 1:1, Re 1:7 ). Metaph. (as otherwise in cl.; v. LS, s.v.); of ethical qualities: ὀ. πονηρός (meton., for envy; cf. Heb. עַיִן רַע, Pr 28:22; cf. Si 14:10 34:13 ), Mt 6:22, 23, Mk 7:22, Lk 11:34; ἁπλοῦς, Mt 6:22, Lk 11:34; ἐπιθυμία (q.v.) ὀφθαλμῶν (cf. Ec 4:8, Si 14:9 ), I Jo 2:16; ὀ. μεστοὶ μοιχαλἰδος, II Pe 2:14; of mental vision: Mt 13:15, Mk 8:18, Lk 19:42, Jo 12:40, Ro 11:8, Ga 3:1, Eph 1:18, al.; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς seq. gen. (on the absence of the art., v.Bl., § 46, 9 n; M, Pr., 81), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

to guideI lead by the hand.χειραγωγέω, -ῶ (< χειραγωγός ), [in LXX: Jg 16:26 A ( בְּיָר מַחֲזׅיק ), To 11:16 א *;] to lead by the hand: Ac 9:8 22:11.†Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to bring inI lead in, bring in, introduce.εἰσ-άγω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא, hi.;] to bring in: c. acc, Lk 2:27, Jo 18:16, Ac 7:45; seq. εἰς, Lk 22:54, Ac 9:8 21:28, 29, 37 22:24, He 1:6; ὧδε, Lk 14:21.†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

DamascusDamascus.Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק ), Damascus: Ac 9:2 ff. 22:5 ff. 26:12, 20, II Co 11:32, Ga 1:17.†Scroll for more

And

he was

days

three

without

sight

and

neither

did … eat

nor

drink

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

καὶkai

ἦνayn

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

τρεῖςtrays

μὴmay

βλέπωνBLEH-pohn

καὶkai

οὐκook

ἔφαγενEH-fah-gen

οὐδὲoo-DEH

ἔπιενEH-pee-en

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἦνGreek verb

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

τρεῖςGreek adjective

μὴGreek negative particle

βλέπωνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔφαγενGreek verb

οὐδὲGreek conjunction

ἔπιενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to eatI eat, partake of food; met: I devour, consume (e.g. as rust does); used only in fut. and 2nd aor. tenses.φάγομαι Hellenistic for cl. ἔδομαι, v.s. ἐσθίω.Scroll for more

norNeither, nor, not even, and not.οὐδέ, negative particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή. As conjc., and not, also not, neither, nor: Mt 6:15, Lk 16:31, Ro 4:15, al.; οὐ... οὐδέ, Mt 5:15 10:24, Mk 4:22, Lk 6:43, 44, Jo 6:24, Ac 2:27, Ro 2:28, al. (v. Bl., § 77, 10). As adv., not even: Mt 6:29, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:9, I Co 5:1; οὐδὲ εἷς, Ac 4:32, Ro 3:10 (LXX).Scroll for more

to drinkI drink, imbibe.πίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁתה;] to drink: absol., Lk 2:19, Jo 4:7, al.; c. acc. rei, Mt 6:25, 31, Mk 14:25, al.; of habitual use, Lk 1:15, Ro 14:21, al.; by meton., τὸ ποτήριον, I Co 10:21, al.; of the earth absorbing rain (Hdt., al.), He 6:7; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 6:53, 54, 56; seq. ἐκ (of the vessel), Mt 26:27, al.; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mt 26:29, Jo 4:13, 14, Re 14:10, al.; ἀπό, Lk 22:18 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-πίνω; on the form πίεσαι, Lk 17:8, v. Bl., § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. πεῖν, M, Pr., 44 f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.).Scroll for more

there was

Now

a certain

disciple

at

Damascus

named

Ananias

and

said

unto

him

in

a vision

the

Lord

Ananias

he

And

said

Behold

I am here

Lord

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Ἦνayn

δέdeh

τιςtees

μαθητὴςmah-thay-TAYS

ἐνen

Δαμασκῷdah-mah-SKOH

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

Ἁνανίαςhah-nah-NEE-ahs

καὶkai

εἶπενAY-pen

πρὸςprohs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐνen

ὁράματιhoh-RAH-mah-tee

ὁhoh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

Ἁνανίαhah-nah-NEE-ah

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

εἶπενAY-pen

Ἰδοὺee-DOO

ἐγώeh-GOH

κύριεKOO-ree-eh

The Pieces

ἮνGreek verb

δέGreek conjunction

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

μαθητὴςGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

Δαμασκῷname of a place

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ἁνανίαςname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

εἶπενGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

ὁράματιGreek noun, neuter

ὁGreek article

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

Ἁνανίαname of a person

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

εἶπενGreek verb

ἸδοὺGreek interjection

ἐγώGreek pronoun

κύριεGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

DamascusDamascus.Δαμασκός, -οῦ, ἡ (Heb. דַּמֶּשֶׂק ), Damascus: Ac 9:2 ff. 22:5 ff. 26:12, 20, II Co 11:32, Ga 1:17.†Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

AnaniasAnanias, (a) husband of Sapphira, a member of the early church at Jerusalem, (b) a member of the church at Damascus, (c) the high priest at Jerusalem.Ἀνανίας (WH, Ἁναν- ), -α, ὁ (Heb. חֲנַנְיָה ), Ananias; of Jerusalem: Ac 5:1, 3 5:5. Of Damascus: Ac 9:10-13, 17 22:12. High Priest: Ac 23:2 24:1.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

visionA spectacle, vision, that which is seen.ὅραμα, -τος, τό (< ὁράω ), [in LXX for חָזוֹן, מַרְאֶה, etc.;] that which is seen; a sight, spectacle: Mt 17:9, Ac 7:31; an appearance, vision: Ac 9:10, 12 (Rec.) 10:3, 17, 19 11:5 12:9 16:9, 10 18:9 (cf. ὀπτασία ).†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

AnaniasAnanias, (a) husband of Sapphira, a member of the early church at Jerusalem, (b) a member of the church at Damascus, (c) the high priest at Jerusalem.Ἀνανίας (WH, Ἁναν- ), -α, ὁ (Heb. חֲנַנְיָה ), Ananias; of Jerusalem: Ac 5:1, 3 5:5. Of Damascus: Ac 9:10-13, 17 22:12. High Priest: Ac 23:2 24:1.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

look!See! Lo! Behold! Look!.ἰδού, [in LXX chiefly for הִנֵּה,] prop. imperat. 2 aor. mid. of ὁράω, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in LXX and NT than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see: Mt 10:16 11:8 13:3, Mk 3:32, Lk 2:48, I Co 15:51, Ja 5:9, Ju 14, Re 1:7, al.; after gen. absol., Mt 1:20 2:1, 13 12:46, al.; καὶ ἰδού, Mt 2:9 (and freq.), Lk 1:20 10:25, Ac 12:7, al.; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or predicate (like הִנֵּה in Heb.), Mt 3:17, Lk 5:12 22:31, 47, Ac 8:27, 36 al.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

the

And

Lord

said unto

him

Arise

and go

to

the

street

The ASV does not translate this word.

which is called

Straight

and

inquire

in

the house

of Judas

for one … Saul

named

a man of Tarsus

behold

for

he prayeth

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

πρὸςprohs

αὐτόνow-TOHN

Ἀναστὰςah-nah-STAHS

πορεύθητιpoh-RYOO-thay-tee

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὴνtayn

ῥύμηνROO-mayn

τὴνtayn

καλουμένηνkah-loo-MEH-nayn

Εὐθεῖανyoo-THAY-ahn

καὶkai

ζήτησονZAY-tay-sohn

ἐνen

οἰκίᾳoy-KEE-ah

Ἰούδαee-OO-dah

ΣαῦλονSOW-lohn

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

Ταρσέαtahr-SEH-ah

ἰδοὺee-DOO

γὰρgahr

προσεύχεταιproh-SYOO-cheh-tai

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

ἈναστὰςGreek verb

πορεύθητιGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ῥύμηνGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

καλουμένηνGreek verb

ΕὐθεῖανGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

ζήτησονGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

οἰκίᾳGreek noun, feminine

Ἰούδαname of a person

Σαῦλον

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ταρσέαname of a place

ἰδοὺGreek interjection

γὰρGreek conjunction

προσεύχεταιGreek verb